User's Guide: clarify jtag_rclk advice
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 The @option{--help} option shows:
510 @verbatim
511 bash$ openocd --help
512
513 --help | -h display this help
514 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
515 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
516 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
517 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
518 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
519 --command | -c run <command>
520 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
521 @end verbatim
522
523 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
524 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
525 To specify one or more different
526 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
527
528 @example
529 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
530 @end example
531
532 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
533 @enumerate
534 @item the current directory,
535 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
536 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
537 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
538 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
539 @end enumerate
540 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
541
542 @section Simple setup, no customization
543
544 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
545 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
546 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
547 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
548 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
549
550 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
551 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
552 the server like:
553
554 @example
555 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
556 @end example
557
558 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
559 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
560 If all goes well you'll see output something like
561
562 @example
563 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
564 For bug reports, read
565 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
566 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
567 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
568 @end example
569
570 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
571 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
572 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
573
574 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
575
576 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
577 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
578 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
579 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
580 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
581 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
582 ensure that this always succeeds.
583 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
584 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
585 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
586 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
587
588 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
589 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
590 those channels.
591
592 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
593 the @option{-d} option.
594
595 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
596 @option{-c} command line switch.
597
598 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
599 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
600 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
601 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
602 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
603 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
604 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
605
606 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
607 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
608
609 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
610
611 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
612 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
613 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
614 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
615
616 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
617 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
618
619 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
620 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
621 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
622 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
623 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
624 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
625 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
626
627 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
628
629 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
630 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
631 and a USB cable on the other.
632 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
633 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
634
635 @enumerate
636 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
637 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
638 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
639 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
640 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
641 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
642 debugging host.
643
644 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
645 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
646 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
647 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
648 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
649
650 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
651 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
652 with 1.2 Volt boards.
653
654 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
655 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
656 ways to connect the cable.
657 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
658 Be sure it's firmly connected.
659
660 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
661 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
662 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
663 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
664 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
665 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
666 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
667 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
668
669 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
670 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
671 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
672 but are tedious to set up.
673 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
674 adapter signals to the right board pins.
675
676 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
677 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
678 you are using to run OpenOCD.
679 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
680
681 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
682 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
683 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
684
685 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
686 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
687 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
688
689 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
690 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
691 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
692 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
693
694 @end enumerate
695
696 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
697 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
698 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
699
700 @section Project Directory
701
702 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
703
704 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
705 single directory for your work with a given board.
706 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
707 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
708 files accessed through semihosting,
709 and for code you upload to the target board.
710 It is also the natural place to write files,
711 such as log files and data you download from the board.
712
713 @section Configuration Basics
714
715 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
716 a variety of ways you can mix them.
717 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
718
719 @itemize
720 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
721 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
722 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
723 @end itemize
724
725 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
726 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
727 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
728
729 @example
730 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
731
732 # GDB can also flash my flash!
733 gdb_memory_map enable
734 gdb_flash_program enable
735
736 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
737 @end example
738
739 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
740
741 @example
742 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
743 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
744 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
745 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
746 @end example
747
748 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
749 each supporting a different development task.
750 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
751 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
752
753 @quotation Important
754 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
755 problems with how it treats variables.
756 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
757 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
758 that can be tested in a later script.
759 @end quotation
760
761 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
762 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
763 to simplify your work.
764
765 @section User Config Files
766 @cindex config file, user
767 @cindex user config file
768 @cindex config file, overview
769
770 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
771 in one place.
772 One of the following will match your situation best:
773
774 @itemize
775 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
776 provided by someone else.
777 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
778 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
779 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
780 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
781 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
782 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
783
784 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
785 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
786
787 @enumerate
788 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
789 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
790 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
791 @end enumerate
792
793 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
794 The first is an interface config file.
795 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
796 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
797 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
798 meet your deadline:
799
800 @example
801 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
802 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
803 @end example
804
805 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
806 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
807 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
808 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
809
810 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
811 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
812 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
813 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
814 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
815 @xref{Autoprobing}.
816
817 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
818 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
819 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
820 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
821
822 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
823 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
824 giving access to your particular flash chips.
825 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
826 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
827
828 @quotation Note
829 When you write new configuration files, please submit
830 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
831 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
832 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
833 will help support users of any board using that chip.
834 @end quotation
835
836 @item
837 You may may need to write some C code.
838 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
839 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
840 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
841 a new chip architecture.
842 @end itemize
843
844 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
845 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
846 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
847
848 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
849 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
850 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
851 @itemize
852
853 @item
854 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
855 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
856 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
857 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
858
859 @item
860 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
861 @cindex vector_catch
862 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
863 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
864 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
865 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
866 along with messaging and tracing setup.
867 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
868
869 @item
870 You might need to override some defaults.
871 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
872 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
873
874 @item
875 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
876 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
877 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
878 @end itemize
879
880 @section Project-Specific Utilities
881
882 A few project-specific utility
883 routines may well speed up your work.
884 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
885
886 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
887 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
888 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
889 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
890 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
891 may help:
892
893 @example
894 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
895 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
896 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
897 # Leave the CPU halted.
898 reset init
899
900 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
901 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
902
903 # Start running.
904 resume 0x20000000
905 @}
906 @end example
907
908 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
909 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
910 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
911 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
912 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
913
914 @example
915 proc newboot @{ @} @{
916 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
917 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
918 # "reset halt" would be slower.
919 reset init
920
921 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
922 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
923 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
924 flash protect 0 0 1 off
925 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
926 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
927 flash protect 0 0 1 on
928
929 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
930 reset run
931 @}
932 @end example
933
934 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
935 from NAND.
936 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
937 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
938 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
939
940 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
941 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
942
943 @section Target Software Changes
944
945 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
946 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
947 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
948 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
949 handling issues like:
950
951 @itemize @bullet
952
953 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
954 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
955 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
956 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
957 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
958 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
959 your debug sessions.
960
961 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
962 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
963 That might however be your only option.
964
965 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
966 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
967 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
968 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
969 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
970 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
971 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
972 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
973 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
974 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
975 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
976 instead of the whole thing.
977 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
978 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
979
980 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
981 @cindex ARM semihosting
982 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
983 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
984 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
985 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
986 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
987 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
988 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
989 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
990 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
991 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
992 NAND or SPI flash.
993
994 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
995 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
996 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
997 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
998 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
999
1000 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1001 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1002 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1003 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1004 registers which can be used to change various features including
1005 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1006 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1007 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1008 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1009 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1010
1011 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1012 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1013 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1014 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1015 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1016
1017 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1018 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1019 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1020 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1021 early code execution can be debugged
1022 or firmware can be replaced.
1023
1024 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1025 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1026 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1027 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1028 operations like writing to memory.)
1029
1030 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1031 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1032 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1033 various kinds of message.
1034 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1035
1036 @end itemize
1037
1038 @section Target Hardware Setup
1039
1040 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1041 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1042 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1043 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1044 working with.}
1045
1046 Common issues include:
1047
1048 @itemize @bullet
1049
1050 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1051 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1052 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1053 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1054 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1055 or one from a daughtercard).
1056 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1057 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1058
1059 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1060 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1061 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1062 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1063 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1064 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1065
1066 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1067 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1068 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1069 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1070 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1071
1072
1073 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1074 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1075 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1076 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1077 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1078 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1079 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1080
1081 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1082 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1083 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1084 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1085 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1086
1087 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1088 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1089 used to start booting.
1090
1091 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1092 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1093 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1094 multiple audio codec chips).
1095 This interacts with software
1096 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1097 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1098 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1099 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1100 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1101 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1102 audio or video codecs are used.
1103
1104 @end itemize
1105
1106 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1107 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1108 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1109 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1110 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1111 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1112 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1113 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1114 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1115 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1116
1117
1118 @node Config File Guidelines
1119 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1120
1121 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1122 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1123 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1124 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1125
1126 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1127 with files including the ones listed here.
1128 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1129 @itemize @bullet
1130 @item @file{interface} ...
1131 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1132 @example
1133 $ ls interface
1134 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1135 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1136 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1137 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1138 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1139 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1140 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1141 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1142 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1143 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1144 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1145 $
1146 @end example
1147 @item @file{board} ...
1148 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1149 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1150 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1151 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1152 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1153 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1154 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1155 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1156 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1157 a CPU and an FPGA.
1158 @example
1159 $ ls board
1160 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1161 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1162 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1163 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1164 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1165 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1166 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1167 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1168 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1169 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1170 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1171 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1172 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1173 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1174 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1175 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1176 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1177 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1178 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1179 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1180 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1181 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1182 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1183 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1184 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1185 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1186 $
1187 @end example
1188 @item @file{target} ...
1189 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1190 on a chip
1191 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1192 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1193 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1194 the target config file defines all of them.
1195 @example
1196 $ ls target
1197 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1198 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1199 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1200 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1201 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1202 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1203 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1204 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1205 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1206 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1207 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1208 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1209 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1210 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1211 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1212 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1213 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1214 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1215 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1216 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1217 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1218 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1219 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1220 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1221 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1222 $
1223 @end example
1224 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1225 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1226 @end itemize
1227
1228 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1229 file may override features in any of the above files by
1230 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1231 commands specific to their situation.
1232
1233 @section Interface Config Files
1234
1235 The user config file
1236 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1237
1238 @example
1239 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1240 @end example
1241
1242 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1243 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1244 sole developer who created it.
1245
1246 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1247 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1248 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1249 and need to provide a driver for it.
1250
1251 @section Board Config Files
1252 @cindex config file, board
1253 @cindex board config file
1254
1255 The user config file
1256 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1257
1258 @example
1259 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1260 @end example
1261
1262 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1263 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1264 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1268 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1269 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1270 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1271 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1272 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1273 @end enumerate
1274
1275 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1276 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1277 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1278 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1279
1280 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1281 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1282 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1283 configuration works.
1284
1285 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1286
1287 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1288 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1289 convention on how to use certain variables.
1290
1291 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1292 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1293 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1294 used at will within a target configuration file.
1295
1296 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1297 for a board with three chips:
1298
1299 @example
1300 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1301 set CHIPNAME network
1302 set ENDIAN big
1303 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1304 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1305 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1306 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1307
1308 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1309 set CHIPNAME video
1310 set ENDIAN little
1311 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1312 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1313 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1314 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1315
1316 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1317 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1318 unset ENDIAN
1319 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1320 @end example
1321
1322 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1323 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1324 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1325 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1326 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1327 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1328 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1329 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1330
1331 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1332 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1333 naming collisions.
1334
1335 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1336 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1337 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1338 up other clocks and peripherals.
1339
1340 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1341 @cindex variable names
1342
1343 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1344 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1345 one such chip (as shown above).
1346 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1347 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1348 to promote consistency and
1349 so that board files can override target defaults.
1350
1351 Inputs to target config files include:
1352
1353 @itemize @bullet
1354 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1355 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1356 tap identifier dotted names.
1357 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1358 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1359 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1360 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1361 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1362 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1363 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1364 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1365 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1366 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1367 @end itemize
1368
1369 Outputs from target config files include:
1370
1371 @itemize @bullet
1372 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1373 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1374 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1375 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1376 specific to that board and that target.
1377 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1378 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1379 @end itemize
1380
1381 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1382 @cindex event, reset-init
1383 @cindex reset-init handler
1384
1385 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1386 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1387 fully set up yet.
1388 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1389 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1390 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1391 handler is one of the most important.
1392
1393 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1394 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1395 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1396 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1397 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1398
1399 @quotation Note
1400 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1401 are included here.
1402 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1403 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1404 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1405 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1406 @end quotation
1407
1408 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1409 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1410 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1411 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1412 those as parameters.
1413 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1414 and disabling the watchdog.
1415 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1416 the next developer doing such work.
1417 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1418
1419 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1420 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1421 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1422 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1423
1424 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1425
1426 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1427 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1428 a low JTAG clock rate.
1429 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1430 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1431 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1432 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1433 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1434 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1435 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1436
1437 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1438 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1439 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1440 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1441 which might be less than that.
1442
1443 @quotation Warning
1444 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1445 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1446 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1447 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1448 @end quotation
1449
1450 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1451 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1452 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1453 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1454 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1455 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1456
1457 @section Target Config Files
1458 @cindex config file, target
1459 @cindex target config file
1460
1461 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1462 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1463 more target config files like this:
1464
1465 @example
1466 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1467 @end example
1468
1469 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1470 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1471 In summary the target files should contain
1472
1473 @enumerate
1474 @item Set defaults
1475 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1476 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1477 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1478 @item On-Chip flash
1479 @end enumerate
1480
1481 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1482 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1483 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1484
1485 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1486 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1487 can talk to the chip.
1488 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1489 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1490 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1491 and other processing engines.
1492
1493 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1494
1495 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1496 letting board config files express environment-specific
1497 differences in how things should be set up.
1498
1499 @example
1500 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1501 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1502 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1503 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1504 @} else @{
1505 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1506 @}
1507
1508 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1509 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1510 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1511 @} else @{
1512 set _ENDIAN little
1513 @}
1514
1515 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1516 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1517 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1518 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1519 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1520 @} else @{
1521 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1522 @}
1523 @end example
1524 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1525
1526 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1527 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1528 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1529
1530 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1531 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1532 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1533
1534 @example
1535 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1536 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1537 @end example
1538
1539 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1540 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1541 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1542 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1543 for taps.
1544
1545 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1546 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1547 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1548 looks (in part) like this:
1549
1550 @example
1551 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1552 @end example
1553
1554 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1555 to source such a config file twice, with different
1556 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1557 it adds a different TAP each time.
1558
1559 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1560 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1561 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1562 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1563
1564 @example
1565 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1566 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1567 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1568 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1569 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1570 @end example
1571
1572 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1573 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1574
1575 @itemize
1576 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1577 plus a JRC to enable them
1578 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1579 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1580 is not currently used)
1581 @end itemize
1582
1583 @subsection Add CPU targets
1584
1585 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1586 GDB and other commands can use it.
1587 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1588 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1589 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1590 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1591
1592 @example
1593 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1594 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1595 @end example
1596
1597 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1598 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1599 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1600 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1601 a work area if you can.
1602 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1603
1604 @example
1605 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1606 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1607 @end example
1608
1609 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1610
1611 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1612 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1613 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1614
1615 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1616 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1617 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1618 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1619 both signals.
1620
1621 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1622 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1623 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1624 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1625 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1626 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1627 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1628 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1629 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1630 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1631 not available.)
1632
1633 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1634 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1635 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1636 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1637 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1638 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1639 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1640 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1641
1642 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1643 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1644 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1645 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1646 slower clock than they will use later.
1647 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1648 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1649 than they will use later.
1650 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1651
1652 @quotation Important
1653 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1654 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1655 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1656 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1657 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1658 @end quotation
1659
1660 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1661
1662 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1663 special high speed download features - enable it.
1664
1665 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1666
1667 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1668 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1669 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1670 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1671 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1672 If you are using an external trace port,
1673 configure it in your board config file.
1674 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1675 configure it in your target config file.
1676
1677 @example
1678 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1679 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1680 @end example
1681
1682 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1683
1684 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1685
1686 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1687 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1688 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1689 the TARGET (chip) file.
1690
1691 Examples:
1692 @itemize @bullet
1693 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1694 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1695 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1696 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1697 @end itemize
1698
1699 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1700 @section Translating Configuration Files
1701 @cindex translation
1702 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1703 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1704 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1705 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1706 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1707 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1708
1709 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1710 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1711 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1712 convert other scripts later on.
1713
1714 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1715 replace job:
1716
1717 @example
1718 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1719 #
1720 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1721 #
1722 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1723 #
1724 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1725
1726 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1727 global TARGETNAME
1728
1729 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1730
1731 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1732 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1733 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1734 @}
1735 @end example
1736
1737
1738
1739 @node Daemon Configuration
1740 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1741 @cindex initialization
1742 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1743 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1744 supported.
1745
1746 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1747 @section Configuration Stage
1748 @cindex configuration stage
1749 @cindex config command
1750
1751 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1752 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1753 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1754 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1755 inside startup scripts.
1756
1757 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1758 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1759 which may be issued interactively.
1760 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1761 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1762
1763 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1764 flash banks,
1765 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1766 and other basic setup.
1767 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1768 may access or activate TAPs.
1769 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1770 longer be issued.
1771
1772 @section Entering the Run Stage
1773
1774 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1775 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1776 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1777 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1778 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1779 You should see no errors at this point.
1780 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1781 commands you used to configure the server.
1782 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1783 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1784 on the scan chain.
1785
1786 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1787 become available.
1788 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1789 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1790 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1791 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1792 entry to the run stage.
1793
1794 @deffn {Config Command} init
1795 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1796 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1797 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1798 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1799 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1800 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1801
1802 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1803 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1804 configuration files and/or command line options.
1805
1806 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1807 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1808 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1809 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1810 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1811 @end deffn
1812
1813 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1814 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1815 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1816
1817 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1818 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1819 scan chain.
1820 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1821 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1822
1823 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1824 they return.
1825 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1826 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1827 @end deffn
1828
1829 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1830 @section TCP/IP Ports
1831 @cindex TCP port
1832 @cindex server
1833 @cindex port
1834 @cindex security
1835 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1836 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1837 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1838
1839 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1840 access using one or more of these ports.
1841 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1842 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1843 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1844
1845 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1846 @cindex GDB server
1847 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1848 The GDB port for the
1849 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1850 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1851 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1852 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1853 @end deffn
1854
1855 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1856 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1857 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1858 output from the Tcl engine.
1859 Intended as a machine interface.
1860 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1861 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1862 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1863 @end deffn
1864
1865 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1866 Specify or query the
1867 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1868 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1869 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1870 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1871 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1872 @end deffn
1873
1874 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1875 @section GDB Configuration
1876 @cindex GDB
1877 @cindex GDB configuration
1878 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1879 The ones listed here are static and global.
1880 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1881 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1882
1883 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1884 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1885 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1886 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1887 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1888 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1889 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1890 @end deffn
1891
1892 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1893 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1894 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1895 vFlash packet is received.
1896 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1897 @end deffn
1898
1899 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1900 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1901 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1902 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1903 for flash programming to work.
1904 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1905 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1906 @end deffn
1907
1908 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1909 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1910 by GDB memory read packets.
1911 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1912 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1913 @end deffn
1914
1915 @anchor{Event Polling}
1916 @section Event Polling
1917
1918 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1919 where significant events can happen at any time.
1920 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1921 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1922 or to GDB.
1923
1924 Examples of such events include:
1925
1926 @itemize
1927 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1928 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1929 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1930 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1931 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1932 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1933 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1934 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1935 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1936 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1937 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1938 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1939 @end itemize
1940
1941 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1942 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1943 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1944 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1945 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1946
1947 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1948 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1949 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1950 to the various active targets.
1951 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1952 which is normally done in the background.
1953
1954 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1955 Poll the current target for its current state.
1956 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1957 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1958 specific information about the current state is printed.
1959 An optional parameter
1960 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1961
1962 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1963 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1964 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1965 @example
1966 > poll
1967 background polling: on
1968 target state: halted
1969 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1970 current mode: Supervisor
1971 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1972 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1973 >
1974 @end example
1975 @end deffn
1976
1977 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1978 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1979 @cindex config file, interface
1980 @cindex interface config file
1981
1982 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1983 through commands in an interface configuration
1984 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1985 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1986
1987 @example
1988 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1989 @end example
1990
1991 These commands tell
1992 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1993 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1994
1995 @example
1996 # jlink interface
1997 interface jlink
1998 @end example
1999
2000 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2001
2002
2003 @section Interface Configuration
2004
2005 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2006 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2007 more additional commands.
2008
2009 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2010 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2011 target.
2012 @end deffn
2013
2014 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2015 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2016 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2017 @end deffn
2018
2019 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2020 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2021 @end deffn
2022
2023 @section Interface Drivers
2024
2025 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2026 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2027 available at run time.
2028
2029 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2030 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2031 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2032 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2033
2034 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2035 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2036 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2037 @end deffn
2038
2039 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2040 Displays status of RTCK option.
2041 Optionally sets that option first.
2042 @end deffn
2043 @end deffn
2044
2045 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2046 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2047 This has one driver-specific command:
2048
2049 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2050 Logs some status
2051 @end deffn
2052 @end deffn
2053
2054 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2055 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2056 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2057 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2058 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2059 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2063 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2064 @end deffn
2065
2066 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2067 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2068 @end deffn
2069
2070 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2071 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2072 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2073 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2074
2075 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2076 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2077 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2078 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2079 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2080 @end deffn
2081
2082 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2083 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2084 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2085 is connected to the host.
2086 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2087 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2088 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2089 @end deffn
2090
2091 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2092 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2093 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2094 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2095 @itemize @minus
2096 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2097 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2098 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2099 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2100 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2101 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2102 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2103 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2104 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2105 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2106 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2107 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2108 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2109 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2110 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2111 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2112 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2113 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2114 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2115 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2116 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2117 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2118 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2119 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2120 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2121 @end itemize
2122 @end deffn
2123
2124 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2125 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2126 default values are used.
2127 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2128 @example
2129 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2130 @end example
2131 @end deffn
2132
2133 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2134 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2135 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2136 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2137 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2138 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2139 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 For example, the interface config file for a
2143 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2144
2145 @example
2146 interface ft2232
2147 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2148 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2149 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2150 @end example
2151 @end deffn
2152
2153 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2154 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2155 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2156 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2157
2158 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2159 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2160 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2161 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2162 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2163 @end deffn
2164
2165 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2166 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2167 default values are used.
2168 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2169 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2170 @example
2171 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2172 @end example
2173 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2174 @example
2175 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2176 @end example
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2180 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2181 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2182 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2183
2184 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2185 @example
2186 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2187 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2188 @end example
2189 @end deffn
2190
2191 @end deffn
2192
2193 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2194 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2195 This has one driver-specific command:
2196
2197 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2198 Display either the address of the I/O port
2199 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2200 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2201 This is a write-once setting.
2202 @end deffn
2203 @end deffn
2204
2205 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2206 Segger jlink USB adapter
2207 @c command: jlink_info
2208 @c dumps status
2209 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2210 @c sets version 2 or 3
2211 @end deffn
2212
2213 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2214 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2215 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2216 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2217 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2218
2219 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2220 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2221 This is a write-once setting.
2222 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2223
2224 @itemize @minus
2225 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2226 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2227 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2228 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2229 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2230 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2231 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2232 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2233 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2234 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2235 some versions of
2236 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2237 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2238 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2239 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2240 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2241 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2242 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2243 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2244 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2245 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2246 @end itemize
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2250 Display either the address of the I/O port
2251 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2252 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2253 This is a write-once setting.
2254
2255 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2256 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2257 you may encounter a problem.
2258 @end deffn
2259
2260 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2261 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2262 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2263 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2264 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2265 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2266
2267 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2268 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2269 @quotation Tip
2270 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2271 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2272 @example
2273 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2274 > jtag_khz 500
2275 @end example
2276 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2277 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2278 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2279 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2280 large set of samples.
2281 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2282 @example
2283 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2284 @end example
2285 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2286 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2287
2288 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2289 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2290 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2291 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2292 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2293 @end quotation
2294 @end deffn
2295
2296 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2297 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2298 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2299 @end deffn
2300
2301 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2302 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2303
2304 @example
2305 interface parport
2306 parport_port 0x278
2307 parport_cable wiggler
2308 @end example
2309 @end deffn
2310
2311 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2312 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2313 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2314 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2315 @end deffn
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2319 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2320 @end deffn
2321
2322 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2323 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2324 @end deffn
2325
2326 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2327 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2328
2329 @quotation Note
2330 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2331 which are not currently documented here.
2332 @end quotation
2333 @end deffn
2334
2335 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2336 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2337
2338 @quotation Note
2339 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2340 which are not currently documented here.
2341 @end quotation
2342
2343 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2344 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2345 No arguments: print status.
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @end deffn
2349
2350 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2351 @section JTAG Speed
2352 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2353 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2354 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2355 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2356 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2357 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2358 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2359 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2360 power management software that may be active.
2361
2362 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2363 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2364 target event handler.
2365 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2366 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2367 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2368 sets up those clocks).
2369 @xref{Target Events}.
2370 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2371 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2372 in the target config file.
2373 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2374 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2375 config file instead.
2376 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2377 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2378 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2379
2380 @example
2381 jtag_rclk 3000
2382 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2383 @end example
2384
2385 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2386 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2387 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2388 may not be the fastest solution.
2389
2390 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2391 instead of @command{jtag_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2392 which support adaptive clocking.
2393
2394 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2395 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2396 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2397 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2398 than the speed specified.
2399
2400 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2401 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2402 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2403 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2404
2405 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2406 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2407 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2408 JTAG clocking after setup.
2409 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2410 If the interface device can not
2411 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2412 @end deffn
2413
2414 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2415 @cindex adaptive clocking
2416 @cindex RTCK
2417 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2418 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2419 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2420 @example
2421 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2422 jtag_rclk 3000
2423 @end example
2424 @end defun
2425
2426 @node Reset Configuration
2427 @chapter Reset Configuration
2428 @cindex Reset Configuration
2429
2430 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2431 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2432 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2433 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2434 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2435 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2436 Please see the various board files for examples.
2437
2438 @quotation Note
2439 To maintainers and integrators:
2440 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2441 Normally the board configuration file
2442 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2443 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2444
2445 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2446 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2447 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2448 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2449 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2450 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2451 @end quotation
2452
2453 @section Types of Reset
2454
2455 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2456 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2457 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2458
2459 @itemize @bullet
2460 @item
2461 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2462 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2463 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2464 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2465 @item
2466 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2467 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2468 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2469 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2470 @item
2471 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2472 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2473 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2474 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2475 @item
2476 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2477 several other types of reset.
2478 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2479 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2480 There may be individual module resets.
2481 @end itemize
2482
2483 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2484 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2485 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2486 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2487 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2488 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2489 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2490 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2491 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2492
2493 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2494 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2495
2496 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2497 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2498 common issues are:
2499
2500 @itemize @bullet
2501
2502 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2503 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2504 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2505 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2506 when either of those signals is not connected.
2507 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2508 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2509 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2510 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2511
2512 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2513 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2514 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2515 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2516
2517 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2518 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2519 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2520 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2521 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2522 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2523 hardware debouncing.
2524 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2525 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2526
2527 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2528 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2529 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2530 to use push/pull output drivers.
2531 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2532 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2533 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2534 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2535
2536 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2537 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2538 issues (not limited to errata).
2539 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2540 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2541 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2542 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2543 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2544 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2545 @end itemize
2546
2547 There can also be other issues.
2548 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2549 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2550 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2551 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2552 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2553 Agreement (NDA).
2554
2555 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2556 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2557 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2558
2559 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2560 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2561
2562 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2563
2564 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2565 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2566 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2567 allowing it to be deasserted.
2568 @end deffn
2569
2570 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2571 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2572 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2573 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2574 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2575 @end deffn
2576
2577 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2578 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2579 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2580 allowing it to be deasserted.
2581 @end deffn
2582
2583 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2584 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2585 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2589 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2590 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2591 configuration scripts.
2592
2593 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2594 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2595 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2596 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2597 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2598 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2599 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2600 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2601
2602 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2603 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2604 @var{gates},
2605 @var{trst_type},
2606 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2607 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2608 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2609 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2610 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2611 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2612
2613 @itemize
2614 @item
2615 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2616 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2617 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2618 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2619 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2620
2621 @quotation Tip
2622 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2623 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2624 @end quotation
2625
2626 @item
2627 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2628 signal implementations.
2629 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2630 indicating everything behaves normally.
2631 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2632 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2633 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2634 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2635 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2636 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2637 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2638
2639 @item
2640 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2641 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2642 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2643 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2644 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2645 while SRST is asserted.
2646 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2647 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2648 @end itemize
2649
2650 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2651 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2652 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2653 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2654 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2655
2656 @itemize
2657 @item
2658 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2659 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2660 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2661 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2662
2663 @item
2664 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2665 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2666 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2667 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2668 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2669 @end itemize
2670 @end deffn
2671
2672 @section Custom Reset Handling
2673 @cindex events
2674
2675 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2676 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2677 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2678 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2679 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2680 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2681
2682 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2683 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2684 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2685 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2686 want to reset everything at once.
2687
2688 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2689 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2690 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2691 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2692 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2693 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2694 needs special attention.
2695
2696 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2697 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2698 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2699 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2700 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2701 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2702 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2703 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2704
2705 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2706 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2707 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2708 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2709 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2710
2711 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2712 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2713 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2714 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2715 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2716 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2717 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2718 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2719 or potentially some other value.
2720
2721 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2722 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2723 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2724 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2725 (or their associated targets)
2726 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2727
2728 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2729 they return.
2730 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2731 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2732 @end deffn
2733
2734 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2735 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2736 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2737 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2738 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2739 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2740 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2741 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2742 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2743 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2744 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2745 @end deffn
2746
2747 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2748 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2749 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2750 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2751 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2752 @end deffn
2753
2754
2755 @node TAP Declaration
2756 @chapter TAP Declaration
2757 @cindex TAP declaration
2758 @cindex TAP configuration
2759
2760 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2761 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2762
2763 @itemize @bullet
2764 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2765 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2766 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2767 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2768 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2769 start running that code.
2770 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2771 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2772 and missing connections
2773 @end itemize
2774
2775 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2776 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2777 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2778 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2779 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2780
2781 @section Scan Chains
2782 @cindex scan chain
2783
2784 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2785 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2786 They also need to be added to
2787 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2788 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2789 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2790 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2791 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2792 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2793 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2794 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2795
2796 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2797 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2798 command, presented in the next chapter.
2799 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2800 debugging targets.)
2801 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2802
2803 @verbatim
2804 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2805 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2806 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2807 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2808 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2809 @end verbatim
2810
2811 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2812 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2813 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2814 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2815 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2816 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2817 until they are told to do so.
2818
2819 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2820 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2821 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2822 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2823
2824 @example
2825 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2826 @end example
2827
2828 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2829 by a given chip.
2830 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2831 and so forth.
2832 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2833 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2834 a single chip and between them.
2835 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2836
2837 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2838 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2839 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2840 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2841 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2842 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2843 includes commands something like this:
2844
2845 @example
2846 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2847 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2848 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2849 @end example
2850
2851 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2852 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2853 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2854
2855 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2856 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2857 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2858 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2859 @example
2860 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2861 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2862 @}
2863 @end example
2864 @end deffn
2865
2866 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2867 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2868 and their status.
2869 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2870 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2871 but systems with a JTAG router can
2872 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2873 @end deffn
2874
2875 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2876 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2877
2878 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2879 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2880
2881 @section TAP Names
2882 @cindex dotted name
2883
2884 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2885 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2886 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2887 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2888 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2889 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2890 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2891 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2892
2893 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2894 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2895 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2896
2897 @quotation Tip
2898 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2899 This feature is still present.
2900 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2901 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2902 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2903 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2904 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2905 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2906 @end quotation
2907
2908 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2909
2910 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2911 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2912 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2913 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2914 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2915
2916 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2917 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2918 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2919 overridable.
2920
2921 @cindex TAP naming convention
2922 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2923 and should follow this convention:
2924
2925 @itemize @bullet
2926 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2927 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2928 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2929 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2930 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2931 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2932 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2933 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2934 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2935 with a single TAP;
2936 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2937 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2938 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2939 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2940 @end itemize
2941
2942 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2943
2944 @itemize @bullet
2945 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2946 @*The length in bits of the
2947 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2948 @end itemize
2949
2950 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2951
2952 @itemize @bullet
2953 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2954 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2955 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2956 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2957 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2958 (the TAP is linked in).
2959 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2960 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2961 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2962 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2963 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2964 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2965 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2966 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2967 values that were found but not included in the list.
2968
2969 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2970 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2971 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2972 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2973 hardware to find these values.
2974 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2975 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2976 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2977 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2978 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2979 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2980 the various chip IDs.
2981 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2982 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2983 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2984 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2985 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2986 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2987 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2988 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2989 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2990 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2991 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2992 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2993 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2994 @end itemize
2995 @end deffn
2996
2997 @section Other TAP commands
2998
2999 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3000 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3001 At this writing this TAP attribute
3002 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3003 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3004 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3005 See the next section for information about the available events.
3006
3007 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3008 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3009 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3010 @end deffn
3011
3012 @anchor{TAP Events}
3013 @section TAP Events
3014 @cindex events
3015 @cindex TAP events
3016
3017 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3018 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3019 The other applies to debugger targets,
3020 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3021
3022 The TAP events currently defined are:
3023
3024 @itemize @bullet
3025 @item @b{post-reset}
3026 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3027 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3028 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3029 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3030 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3031
3032 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3033 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3034 of any particular target.
3035 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3036 @item @b{setup}
3037 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3038 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3039 @item @b{tap-disable}
3040 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3041 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3042 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3043 @item @b{tap-enable}
3044 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3045 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3046 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3047 @end itemize
3048
3049 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3050 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3051 contents to be accurate), you might:
3052
3053 @example
3054 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3055 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3056 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3057 @}
3058 @end example
3059
3060
3061 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3062 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3063 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3064 @cindex jrc
3065
3066 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3067 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3068 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3069 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3070 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3071
3072 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3073 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3074 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3075 be visible.
3076 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3077 ignores, such as:
3078
3079 @itemize
3080 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3081 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3082 TAPs receive new instructions.
3083 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3084 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3085 @end itemize
3086
3087 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3088 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3089 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3090 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3091
3092 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3093 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3094
3095 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3096 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3097 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3098 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3099 should define TAP event handlers using
3100 code that looks something like this:
3101
3102 @example
3103 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3104 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3105 @}
3106 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3107 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3108 @}
3109 @end example
3110
3111 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3112
3113 @example
3114 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3115 @end example
3116
3117 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3118 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3119 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3120 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3121
3122 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3123 If necessary, disables the tap
3124 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3125 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3126 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3127 and "0" if it is disabled.
3128 @end deffn
3129
3130 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3131 If necessary, enables the tap
3132 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3133 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3134 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3135 and "0" if it is disabled.
3136 @end deffn
3137
3138 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3139 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3140 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3141 and "0" if it is disabled.
3142
3143 @quotation Note
3144 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3145 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3146 @end quotation
3147 @end deffn
3148
3149 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3150 @section Autoprobing
3151 @cindex autoprobe
3152 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3153
3154 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3155 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3156 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3157 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3158
3159 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3160 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3161 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3162 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3163 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3164 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3165 right when they come out of reset).
3166
3167 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3168
3169 @example
3170 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3171 reset_config trst_and_srst
3172 jtag_rclk 8
3173 @end example
3174
3175 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3176 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3177
3178 @enumerate
3179 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3180 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3181 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3182 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3183 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3184 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3185 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3186 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3187 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3188 that is discovered.
3189 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3190 register, it will report it.
3191 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3192 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3193 @end enumerate
3194
3195 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3196 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3197 that's a bit more complex:
3198
3199 @example
3200 clock speed 8 kHz
3201 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3202 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3203 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3204 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3205 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3206 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3207 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3208 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3209 @end example
3210
3211 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3212 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3213 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3214 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3215 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3216 and so forth.
3217
3218 @node CPU Configuration
3219 @chapter CPU Configuration
3220 @cindex GDB target
3221
3222 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3223 You can also access these targets without GDB
3224 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3225 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3226 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3227 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3228
3229 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3230 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3231
3232 @section Target List
3233 @cindex target, current
3234 @cindex target, list
3235
3236 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3237 where each member has a name.
3238 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3239 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3240 (plural!) command.
3241 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3242 look like with more than one:
3243 @verbatim
3244 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3245 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3246 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3247 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3248 @end verbatim
3249
3250 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3251 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3252 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3253 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3254 space seen by that current target.
3255 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3256 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3257 are examples; and there are many more.
3258
3259 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3260
3261 @deffn Command {target count}
3262 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3263 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3264 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3265
3266 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3267 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3268 @example
3269 set c [target count]
3270 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3271 # Assuming you have created this function
3272 print_target_details $x
3273 @}
3274 @end example
3275 @end deffn
3276
3277 @deffn Command {target current}
3278 Returns the name of the current target.
3279 @end deffn
3280
3281 @deffn Command {target names}
3282 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3283 @example
3284 foreach t [target names] @{
3285 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3286 @}
3287 @end example
3288 @end deffn
3289
3290 @deffn Command {target number} number
3291 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3292 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3293
3294 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3295 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3296 @example
3297 set thename [target number $x]
3298 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3299 @end example
3300 @end deffn
3301
3302 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3303 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3304
3305 @deffn Command targets [name]
3306 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3307 command names are singular.}
3308
3309 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3310 targets in a user friendly form.
3311
3312 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3313 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3314 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3315 @end deffn
3316
3317 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3318 @cindex target type
3319 @cindex CPU type
3320 @cindex CPU variant
3321
3322 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3323 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3324 when calling @command{target create}.
3325 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3326 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3327 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3328 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3329 what core-specific commands may be available
3330 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3331 and more.
3332
3333 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3334 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3335 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3336 worked around in some chip versions.
3337
3338 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3339 since there's a command to list them.
3340 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3341 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3342
3343 @anchor{target types}
3344 @deffn Command {target types}
3345 Lists all supported target types.
3346 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3347
3348 @itemize @bullet
3349 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3350 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3351 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3352 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3353 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3354 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3355 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3356 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3357 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3358 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3359 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3360 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3361 @itemize @minus
3362 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3363 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3364 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3365 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3366 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3367 @end itemize
3368 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3369 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3370 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3371 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3372 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3373 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3374 @itemize @minus
3375 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3376 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3377 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3378 processor.
3379 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3380 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3381 @end itemize
3382 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3383 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3384 There are several variants defined:
3385 @itemize @minus
3386 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3387 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3388 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3389 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3390 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3391 @end itemize
3392 @end itemize
3393 @end deffn
3394
3395 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3396 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3397 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3398 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3399 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3400 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3401 reflect design generations;
3402 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3403 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3404
3405 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3406 @section Target Configuration
3407
3408 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3409 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3410 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3411 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3412 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3413
3414 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3415 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3416 optional parts.
3417 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3418 command, created as part of target creation.
3419
3420 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3421 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3422 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3423 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3424 to be much more board-specific.
3425 The key steps you use might look something like this
3426
3427 @example
3428 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3429 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3430 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3431 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3432 @end example
3433
3434 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3435 on-chip SRAM.
3436 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3437 writes to target memory;
3438 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3439 GDB memory checksumming;
3440 and more.
3441
3442 @quotation Warning
3443 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3444 inaccessible when application code
3445 (such as an operating system)
3446 enables or disables the MMU.
3447 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3448 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3449 easy access to other addresses needed.
3450 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3451 @end quotation
3452
3453 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3454 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3455 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3456 controllers.
3457 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3458 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3459 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3460
3461 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3462 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3463 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3464 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3465 purposes including additional configuration.
3466
3467 @itemize @bullet
3468 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3469 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3470 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3471 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3472
3473 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3474 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3475 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3476 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3477 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3478 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3479 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3480 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3481
3482 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3483 @end itemize
3484 @end deffn
3485
3486 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3487 The options accepted by this command may also be
3488 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3489 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3490 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3491
3492 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3493 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3494 and changing its endianness or variant.
3495
3496 @itemize @bullet
3497
3498 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3499 used to access this target.
3500
3501 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3502 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3503
3504 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3505 @xref{Target Events}.
3506 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3507 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3508 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3509 same event name assigns only one handler.
3510
3511 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3512 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3513
3514 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3515 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3516 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3517 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3518 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3519 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3520 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3521
3522 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3523 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3524 or virtual address is being used.
3525
3526 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3527 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3528
3529 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3530 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3531 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3532 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3533 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3534
3535 @end itemize
3536 @end deffn
3537
3538 @section Other $target_name Commands
3539 @cindex object command
3540
3541 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3542 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3543
3544 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3545 Once a button is created a button
3546 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3547 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3548 configure it like this:
3549
3550 @example
3551 # Create
3552 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3553 # Modify
3554 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3555 # Query
3556 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3557 # Report
3558 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3559 @end example
3560
3561 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3562 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3563
3564 @example
3565 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3566 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3567 @end example
3568
3569 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3570
3571 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3572 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3573 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3574 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3575 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3576 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3577 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3578 They are not otherwise documented here.
3579 @end deffn
3580
3581 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3582 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3583 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3584 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3585 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3586 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3587 the target side uses raw memory.
3588
3589 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3590 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3591 The script orientation comes from working with data
3592 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3593 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3594 and neither store nor return those values.
3595
3596 @itemize
3597 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3598 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3599 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3600 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3601 @end itemize
3602 @end deffn
3603
3604 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3605 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3606 @command{$target_name configure}
3607 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3608 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3609 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3610 There are a few special cases:
3611
3612 @itemize @bullet
3613 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3614 event named @var{event_name}.
3615 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3616 two parameters.
3617 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3618 This is a special case because this is set using
3619 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3620 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3621 @end itemize
3622
3623 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3624 all the targets you might use something like this:
3625
3626 @example
3627 foreach name [target names] @{
3628 set y [$name cget -endian]
3629 set z [$name cget -type]
3630 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3631 $x $name $y $z]
3632 @}
3633 @end example
3634 @end deffn
3635
3636 @anchor{target curstate}
3637 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3638 Displays the current target state:
3639 @code{debug-running},
3640 @code{halted},
3641 @code{reset},
3642 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3643 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3644 @end deffn
3645
3646 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3647 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3648 currently associated with this target.
3649 @xref{Target Events}.
3650 @end deffn
3651
3652 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3653 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3654 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3655 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3656 @end deffn
3657
3658 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3659 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3660 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3661 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3662 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3663 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3664 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3665 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3666 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3667 @end deffn
3668
3669 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3670 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3671 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3672 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3673 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3674 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3675 @end deffn
3676
3677 @anchor{Target Events}
3678 @section Target Events
3679 @cindex target events
3680 @cindex events
3681 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3682 For example:
3683 @itemize @bullet
3684 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3685 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3686 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3687 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3688 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3689 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3690 to set up system clocks or
3691 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3692 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3693 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3694 @end itemize
3695
3696 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3697 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3698 @command{target create ... -event}.
3699
3700 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3701 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3702 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3703
3704 @example
3705 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3706 echo "Reset..."
3707 reset halt
3708 @}
3709 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3710 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3711 echo "Reset..."
3712 reset halt
3713 @}
3714 @end example
3715
3716 The following target events are defined:
3717
3718 @itemize @bullet
3719 @item @b{debug-halted}
3720 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3721 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3722 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3723 @item @b{early-halted}
3724 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3725 @ignore
3726 @item @b{examine-end}
3727 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3728 @item @b{examine-start}
3729 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3730 @end ignore
3731 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3732 @* When GDB connects
3733 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3734 @* When GDB disconnects
3735 @item @b{gdb-end}
3736 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3737 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3738 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3739 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3740 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3741 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3742 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3743 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3744 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3745 @item @b{gdb-start}
3746 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3747 @item @b{halted}
3748 @* The target has halted
3749 @ignore
3750 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3751 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3752 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3753 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3754 @end ignore
3755 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3756 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3757 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3758 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3759 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3760 @item @b{reset-assert}
3761 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3762 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3763 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3764 it instead of asserting SRST.
3765 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3766 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3767 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3768 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3769 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3770 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3771 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3772 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3773 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3774 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3775 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3776 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3777 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3778 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3779 released on the scan chain.
3780 @item @b{reset-end}
3781 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3782 @ignore
3783 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3784 @* Currently not used
3785 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3786 @* Currently not used
3787 @end ignore
3788 @item @b{reset-init}
3789 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3790 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3791
3792 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3793 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3794 multiplexing, and so on.
3795 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3796 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3797 @item @b{reset-start}
3798 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3799 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3800
3801 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3802 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3803 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3804 @ignore
3805 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3806 @* Currently not used
3807 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3808 @* Currently not used
3809 @end ignore
3810 @item @b{resume-start}
3811 @* Before any target is resumed
3812 @item @b{resume-end}
3813 @* After all targets have resumed
3814 @item @b{resume-ok}
3815 @* Success
3816 @item @b{resumed}
3817 @* Target has resumed
3818 @end itemize
3819
3820
3821 @node Flash Commands
3822 @chapter Flash Commands
3823
3824 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3825 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3826 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3827 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3828 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3829 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3830 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3831 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3832 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3833
3834 Flash Steps:
3835 @enumerate
3836 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3837 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3838 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3839 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3840 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3841 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3842 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3843 @item GDB Flashing
3844 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3845 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3846 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3847 @end enumerate
3848
3849 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3850 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3851 so that it can't boot.
3852 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3853 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3854
3855 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3856 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3857 @cindex flash configuration
3858
3859 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3860 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3861 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3862 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3863 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3864 see the driver-specific documentation.
3865
3866 @itemize @bullet
3867 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3868 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3869 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3870 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3871 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3872 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3873 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3874 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3875 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3876 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3877 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3878 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3879 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3880 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3881 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3882 commands to the flash controller.
3883 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3884 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3885 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3886 for more information.
3887 @end itemize
3888 @quotation Note
3889 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3890 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3891 @end quotation
3892 @end deffn
3893
3894 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3895 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3896 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3897 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3898 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3899 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3900 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3901 @end deffn
3902
3903 @deffn Command {flash list}
3904 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3905 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3906 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3907 @end deffn
3908
3909 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3910 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3911 depends on the flash type.
3912 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3913 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3914 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3915 but most don't bother.
3916 @end deffn
3917
3918 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3919 @cindex flash erasing
3920 @cindex flash reading
3921 @cindex flash writing
3922 @cindex flash programming
3923
3924 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3925 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3926 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3927 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3928 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3929
3930 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3931 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3932 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3933 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3934 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3935
3936 @quotation Note
3937 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3938 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3939 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3940 back to a flash bank.
3941 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3942 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3943 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3944 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3945 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3946 @end quotation
3947
3948 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3949 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3950 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3951 disabled first.
3952 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3953 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3954 @xref{flash protect}.
3955
3956 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3957 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3958 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3959 up to and including @var{last}.
3960 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3961 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3962 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3963 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3964 @end deffn
3965
3966 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3967 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3968 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3969 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3970 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3971 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3972 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3973 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3974 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3975 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3976 @end deffn
3977
3978 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3979 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3980 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3981 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3982 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3983 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3984 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3985 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3986 before issuing this command.
3987 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3988 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3989 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3990 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3991 @end deffn
3992 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3993
3994 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3995 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3996 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3997 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3998 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3999 @end deffn
4000
4001 @anchor{flash write_image}
4002 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4003 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4004 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4005 to the base address for each section in the image.
4006 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4007 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4008 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4009 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4010 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4011 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4012 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4013 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4014 each image section.
4015
4016 @quotation Warning
4017 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4018 data you want to preserve.
4019 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4020 sections might be erased with no notice.
4021 @itemize
4022 @item
4023 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4024 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4025 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4026 @item
4027 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4028 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4029 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4030 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4031 @end itemize
4032 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4033 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4034 @end quotation
4035
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @section Other Flash commands
4039 @cindex flash protection
4040
4041 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4042 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4043 and display that status.
4044 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4045 @end deffn
4046
4047 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4048 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4049 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4050 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4051 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4052 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4053 @end deffn
4054
4055 @anchor{flash protect}
4056 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4057 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4058 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4059 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4060 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4061 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4062 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4063 @end deffn
4064
4065 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4066 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4067 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4068 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4069 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4070 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4071 @end deffn
4072
4073 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4074 @section Flash Driver List
4075 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4076 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4077 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4078
4079 @subsection External Flash
4080
4081 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4082 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4083 @cindex CFI
4084 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4085 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4086 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4087 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4088 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4089 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4090 configure a bus and its timings), or
4091 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4092 on the flash chip.
4093 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4094 speed up operation.
4095
4096 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4097
4098 @itemize
4099 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4100 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4101 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4102 @end itemize
4103
4104 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4105 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4106
4107 @example
4108 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4109 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4110 @end example
4111
4112 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4113 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4114 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4115
4116 @example
4117 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4118 @end example
4119
4120 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4124
4125 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4126 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4127 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4128 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4129 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4130 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4131
4132 @example
4133 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4134 @end example
4135 @end deffn
4136
4137 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4138 @cindex at91sam3
4139 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4140 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4141 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4142 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4143 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4144 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4145 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4146 chips are confirmed.}
4147
4148 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4149 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4150 the following fixed locations:
4151
4152 @example
4153 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4154 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4155 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4156 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4157 @end example
4158
4159 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4160 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4161 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4162
4163 @itemize
4164 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4165 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4166 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4167 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4168 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4169 @end itemize
4170
4171 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4172
4173 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4174 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4175 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4176 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4177 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4178 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4179 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4180
4181 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4182 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4183 @end deffn
4184
4185 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4186 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4187 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4188 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4189 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4190 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4191 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4192 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4193 @end deffn
4194
4195 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4196 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4197 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4198 @end deffn
4199 @end deffn
4200
4201 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4202 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4203 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4204 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4205 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4206
4207 @example
4208 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4209 @end example
4210
4211 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4212 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4213
4214 @itemize
4215 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4216 @item @var{banks}
4217 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4218 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4219 @item @var{pages_size}
4220 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4221 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4222 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4223 @end itemize
4224
4225 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4226 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4227 will be autoconfigured.
4228 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4229
4230 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4231 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4232 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4233 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4234 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4235
4236 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4237 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4238 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4239 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4240 are not truly general purpose).
4241 @quotation Note
4242 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4243 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4244 @end quotation
4245 @end deffn
4246 @end deffn
4247
4248 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4249 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4250 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4251 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4252 @end deffn
4253
4254 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4255 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4256 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4257 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4258 and executed.
4259 @end deffn
4260
4261 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4262 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4263 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4264
4265 @quotation Note
4266 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4267 driver:
4268 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4269 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4270 @end quotation
4271
4272 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4273 which must appear in the following order:
4274
4275 @itemize
4276 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4277 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4278 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4279 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4280 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4281 at which the core is running
4282 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4283 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4284 @quotation Note
4285 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4286 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4287 However, if you do provide it,
4288 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4289 @end quotation
4290 @end itemize
4291
4292 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4293
4294 @example
4295 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4296 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4297 @end example
4298
4299 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4300 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4301 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4302 @end deffn
4303 @end deffn
4304
4305 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4306 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4307 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4308 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4309 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4310 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4311
4312 @example
4313 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4314 @end example
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4318 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4319 from NXP.
4320
4321 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4322 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4323 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4324 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4325 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4326 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4327 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4328 you start the PLL.
4329
4330 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4331
4332 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4333 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4334 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4335
4336 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4337 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4338 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4339 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4340 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4341 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4342 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4343
4344 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4345 @example
4346 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4347 @end example
4348
4349 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4350 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4351 @code{flash banks} command.
4352
4353 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4354 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4355 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4356 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4357 a known signature.
4358 Example:
4359 @example
4360 lpc2900 signature 0
4361 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4362 @end example
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4366 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4367 saves it to a file in binary format.
4368 Example:
4369 @example
4370 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4371 @end example
4372 @end deffn
4373
4374 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4375 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4376 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4377 command:
4378
4379 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4380 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4381 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4382 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4383
4384 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4385 Example:
4386 @example
4387 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4388 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4389 @end example
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4393 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4394 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4395 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4396 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4397 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4398 912 bytes.
4399 @quotation Attention
4400 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4401 @end quotation
4402 Example:
4403 @example
4404 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4405 @end example
4406 @end deffn
4407
4408 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4409 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4410 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4411 after the next power cycle.
4412 @quotation Attention
4413 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4414 @end quotation
4415 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4416 Example:
4417 @example
4418 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4419 flash info 0
4420 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4421 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4422 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4423 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4424 @end example
4425 @end deffn
4426
4427 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4428 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4429 effective after the next power cycle.
4430 @quotation Attention
4431 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4432 @end quotation
4433 Examples:
4434 @example
4435 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4436 @end example
4437 @end deffn
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4441 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4442
4443 @example
4444 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4445 @end example
4446 @end deffn
4447
4448 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4449 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4450 and integrate flash memory.
4451 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4452
4453 @example
4454 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4455 @end example
4456
4457 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4458 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4459 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4460 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4461 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4462 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4463 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4464 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4465 @end deffn
4466 @end deffn
4467
4468 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4469 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4470 Texas Instruments
4471 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4472 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4473 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4474 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4475 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4476 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4477
4478 @example
4479 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4480 @end example
4481 @end deffn
4482
4483 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4484 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4485 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4486 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4487 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4488
4489 @example
4490 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4491 @end example
4492
4493 Some stm32x-specific commands
4494 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4495 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4496 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4497 are defined:
4498
4499 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4500 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4501 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4502 @end deffn
4503
4504 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4505 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4506 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4510 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4511 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4512 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4513 @end deffn
4514
4515 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4516 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4517 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4518 @end deffn
4519 @end deffn
4520
4521 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4522 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4523 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4524 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4525 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4526
4527 @example
4528 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4529 @end example
4530
4531 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4532 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4533 for the specified flash bank.
4534 @end deffn
4535 @end deffn
4536
4537 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4538 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4539 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4540 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4541 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4542
4543 @example
4544 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4545 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4546 @end example
4547
4548 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4549 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4550 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4551
4552 @itemize @bullet
4553 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4554 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4555 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4556 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4557 @end itemize
4558 @end deffn
4559
4560 @end deffn
4561
4562 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4563 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4564 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4565 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4566
4567 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4568
4569 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4570 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4571 @end deffn
4572
4573 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4574 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4575 @end deffn
4576
4577 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4578 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4579 the flash clock.
4580 @end deffn
4581 @end deffn
4582
4583 @subsection str9xpec driver
4584 @cindex str9xpec
4585
4586 Here is some background info to help
4587 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4588 the str9:
4589 @enumerate
4590 @item
4591 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4592 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4593 @item
4594 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4595 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4596 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4597 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4598 @end enumerate
4599
4600 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4601 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4602 configured for flash bank 0.
4603 @example
4604 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4605 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4606 jtag_reset 0 1
4607 # turn off target polling
4608 poll off
4609 # disable str9 core
4610 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4611 # read option bytes
4612 str9xpec options_read 0
4613 # re-enable str9 core
4614 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4615 poll on
4616 reset halt
4617 @end example
4618 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4619 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4620 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4621 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4622
4623 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4624 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4625 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4626 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4627 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4628
4629 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4630
4631 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4632 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4633 @end deffn
4634
4635 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4636 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4637 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4638 @end deffn
4639
4640 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4641 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4642 erase the device.
4643 @end deffn
4644
4645 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4646 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4647 @end deffn
4648
4649 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4650 Configure str9 boot bank.
4651 @end deffn
4652
4653 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4654 Configure str9 lvd source.
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4658 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4662 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4663 @end deffn
4664
4665 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4666 Read str9 option bytes.
4667 @end deffn
4668
4669 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4670 Write str9 option bytes.
4671 @end deffn
4672
4673 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4674 unlock str9 device.
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679
4680 @section mFlash
4681
4682 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4683 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4684
4685 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4686 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4687 address @var{base}.
4688 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4689 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4690
4691 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4692
4693 @example
4694 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4695 @end example
4696
4697 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4698
4699 @example
4700 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4701 @end example
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @subsection mFlash commands
4705 @cindex mFlash commands
4706
4707 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4708 Configure mflash PLL.
4709 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4710 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4711 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4712 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4716 Configure bootable option.
4717 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4718 (4kB) for boot.
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4722 Configure storage information.
4723 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4724 written.
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4728 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4729 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4733 Probe mflash.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4737 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4738 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @node NAND Flash Commands
4742 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4743 @cindex NAND
4744
4745 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4746 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4747 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4748
4749 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4750 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4751 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4752 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4753 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4754 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4755
4756 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4757 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4758 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4759 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4760 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4761 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4762 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4763 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4764 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4765 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4766
4767 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4768 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4769 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4770 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4771 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4772 every 512 bytes of data.
4773
4774 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4775 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4776 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4777 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4778 ECC mode is used.
4779
4780 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4781 @enumerate
4782 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4783 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4784 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4785 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4786 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4787 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4788 to access that device.
4789 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4790 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4791 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4792 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4793 de-brick a board.
4794 @end enumerate
4795
4796 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4797 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4798 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4799 are only 32 bits wide.
4800 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4801 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4802 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4803 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4804
4805 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4806 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4807 @cindex NAND configuration
4808
4809 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4810 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4811 OpenOCD has initialized.
4812
4813 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4814 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4815 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4816 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4817 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4818 they were a single (larger) device.
4819 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4820 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4821
4822 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4823 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4824 configuration files, not interactively.
4825
4826 @itemize @bullet
4827 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4828 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4829 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4830 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4831 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4832 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4833 commands to the NAND controller.
4834 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4835 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4836 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4837 for more information.
4838 @end itemize
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn Command {nand list}
4842 Prints a summary of each device declared
4843 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4844 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4845 @example
4846 > nand list
4847 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4848 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4849 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4850 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4851 >
4852 @end example
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4856 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4857 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4858 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4859 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4860 it with most other NAND commands.
4861 @end deffn
4862
4863 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4864
4865 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4866 @cindex NAND reading
4867 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4868 starting at the specified offset.
4869 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4870
4871 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4872 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4873
4874 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4875 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4876 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4877
4878 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4879 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4880 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4881 method which handled that error correction.
4882
4883 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4884 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4885 @itemize @bullet
4886 @item no oob_* parameter
4887 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4888 @item @code{oob_raw}
4889 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4890 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4891 spare areas associated with each data page.
4892 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4893 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4894 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4895 @item @code{oob_only}
4896 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4897 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4898 spare areas associated with each data page.
4899 @end itemize
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4903 @cindex NAND erasing
4904 @cindex NAND programming
4905 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4906 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4907 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4908 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4909 If those parameters are not specified,
4910 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4911 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4912
4913 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4914 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4915 block marker.
4916 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4917 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4918 @end deffn
4919
4920 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4921 @cindex NAND writing
4922 @cindex NAND programming
4923 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4924 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4925 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4926 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4927
4928 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4929 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4930
4931 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4932 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4933 past the end of the device.
4934 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4935 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4936 if that's being written.)
4937
4938 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4939 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4940 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4941
4942 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4943 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4944 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4945 @itemize @bullet
4946 @item no oob_* parameter
4947 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4948 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4949 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4950 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4951 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4952 @item @code{oob_only}
4953 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4954 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4955 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4956 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4957 @item @code{oob_raw}
4958 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4959 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4960 un-altered OOB.
4961 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4962 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4963 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4964 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4965 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4966 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4967 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4968 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4969 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4970 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4971 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4972 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4973 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4974 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4975 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4976 @end itemize
4977 @end deffn
4978
4979 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4980 @cindex NAND verification
4981 @cindex NAND programming
4982 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4983 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4984 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4985
4986 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4987 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4988
4989 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4990 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4991 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4992 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4993 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4994
4995 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4996 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4997 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4998
4999 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5000 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5001 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5002 be removed in a future release.
5003 @end deffn
5004
5005 @section Other NAND commands
5006 @cindex NAND other commands
5007
5008 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5009 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5010 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5011 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5012 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5013 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5014 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5015 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5016
5017 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5018 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5019 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5020 @end deffn
5021
5022 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5023 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5024 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5025 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5026 status for each block.
5027 @end deffn
5028
5029 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5030 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5031 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5032
5033 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5034 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5035 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5036 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5037 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5038
5039 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5040 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5041 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5042 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5043 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5044 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5045 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5049 @section NAND Driver List
5050 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5051 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5052 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5053
5054 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5055 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5056 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5057 address of the ECC controller.
5058 @example
5059 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5060 @end example
5061 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5062 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5063 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5064 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5065 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5066 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5067 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5068 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5069 @end deffn
5070 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5071 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5072 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5076 properly configured for input or output.
5077 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5078 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5079 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5080 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5081 @end deffn
5082 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5083 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5084 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5085 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5086 @end deffn
5087 @end deffn
5088
5089 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5090 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5091 chips from Texas Instruments.
5092 It takes three extra parameters:
5093 address of the NAND chip;
5094 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5095 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5096 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5097 @example
5098 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5099 @end example
5100 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5101 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5102 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5103 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5104 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5108 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5109 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5110 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5111 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5112 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5113 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5114 @end deffn
5115
5116 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5117 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5118 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5119 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5120 @end deffn
5121 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5122
5123 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5124 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5125 parameter: the address of the controller.
5126 @example
5127 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5128 @end example
5129 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5130 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5131 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5132 change any behavior.
5133 @end deffn
5134
5135 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5136 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5137 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5138 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5139 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5140 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5141 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5142 specialized commands.
5143 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5144 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5145 change any behavior.
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5149 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5150 @cindex PLD
5151 @cindex FPGA
5152
5153 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5154 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5155 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5156 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5157 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5158 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5159 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5160
5161 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5162
5163 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5164 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5165 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5166
5167 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5168 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5169
5170 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5171 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5172 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5173 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5174 behavior.
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5178 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5179 @end deffn
5180
5181 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5182 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5183 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5184 @end deffn
5185
5186 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5187
5188 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5189 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5190 that particular type of PLD.
5191
5192 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5193 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5194 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5195 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5196 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5197
5198 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5199 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5200 for FPGA @var{num}.
5201 @end deffn
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @node General Commands
5205 @chapter General Commands
5206 @cindex commands
5207
5208 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5209 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5210 commands are documented elsewhere.
5211
5212 Intent:
5213 @itemize @bullet
5214 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5215 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5216 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5217 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5218
5219 @item @b{From the human}
5220 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5221 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5222
5223 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5224 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5225 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5226
5227 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5228 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5229 port is 5555.
5230 @end itemize
5231
5232
5233 @section Daemon Commands
5234
5235 @deffn {Command} exit
5236 Exits the current telnet session.
5237 @end deffn
5238
5239 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5240 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5241 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5242 Not every command provides helptext.
5243
5244 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5245 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5246 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5247 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5248 @end deffn
5249
5250 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5251 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5252 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5253 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5254 Useful in connection with script files
5255 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5256 @end deffn
5257
5258 @deffn Command shutdown
5259 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5260 @end deffn
5261
5262 @anchor{debug_level}
5263 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5264 @cindex message level
5265 Display debug level.
5266 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5267 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5268 Level 0 is error messages only;
5269 level 1 adds warnings;
5270 level 2 adds informational messages;
5271 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5272 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5273 the command line along with the location of that log
5274 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5275 @xref{Running}.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5279 Default disabled.
5280 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5281
5282 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5283 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5284 individually overridden.
5285
5286 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5287 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5288 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5289
5290 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5291
5292 @example
5293 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5294 @end example
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 @deffn Command echo message
5298 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5299 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5300 @example
5301 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5302 @end example
5303 @end deffn
5304
5305 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5306 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5307 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @anchor{Target State handling}
5311 @section Target State handling
5312 @cindex reset
5313 @cindex halt
5314 @cindex target initialization
5315
5316 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5317 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5318 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5319 a current target which is used to perform the
5320 various operations. The current target may be changed
5321 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5322 target which should become current.
5323
5324 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5325 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5326 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5327 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5328 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5329
5330 @emph{With no arguments}:
5331 list all available registers for the current target,
5332 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5333 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5334 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5335 are flagged as such.
5336
5337 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5338
5339 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5340 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5341 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5342 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5343 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5344 relevant module will flush such values.
5345
5346 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5347 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5348
5349 @example
5350 > reg
5351 ===== ARM registers
5352 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5353 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5354 (2) r2 (/32)
5355 ...
5356 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5357 >
5358 @end example
5359 @end deffn
5360
5361 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5362 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5363 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5364 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5365 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5366 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5367 (and enter debug mode).
5368 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5369
5370 @quotation Warning
5371 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5372 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5373 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5374 power mode by gating the core clock;
5375 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5376
5377 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5378 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5379 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5380 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5381 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5382 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5383
5384 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5385 work with a JTAG debugger.
5386 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5387 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5388 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5389 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5390 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5391 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5392 @end quotation
5393
5394 @end deffn
5395
5396 @deffn Command resume [address]
5397 Resume the target at its current code position,
5398 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5399 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @deffn Command step [address]
5403 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5404 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @anchor{Reset Command}
5408 @deffn Command reset
5409 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5410 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5411 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5412 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5413 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5414 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5415
5416 The optional parameter specifies what should
5417 happen after the reset.
5418 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5419 The other options will not work on all systems.
5420 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5421
5422 @itemize @minus
5423 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5424 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5425 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5426 @end itemize
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5430 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5431 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5432 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5433 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5434 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5435 state.
5436 @end deffn
5437
5438 @section I/O Utilities
5439
5440 These commands are available when
5441 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5442 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5443 notably the ZY1000.
5444 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5445
5446 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5447
5448 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5449 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5450 the text file @file{filename}.
5451 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5452 The last string is followed by a newline.
5453 @end deffn
5454
5455 @deffn Command cat filename
5456 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5460 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5461 into @file{dest_filename}.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command ip
5465 @emph{No description provided.}
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @deffn Command ls
5469 @emph{No description provided.}
5470 @end deffn
5471
5472 @deffn Command mac
5473 @emph{No description provided.}
5474 @end deffn
5475
5476 @deffn Command meminfo
5477 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5478 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn Command peek
5482 @emph{No description provided.}
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn Command poke
5486 @emph{No description provided.}
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @deffn Command rm filename
5490 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5491 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 @deffn Command trunc filename
5495 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5496 @end deffn
5497
5498 @anchor{Memory access}
5499 @section Memory access commands
5500 @cindex memory access
5501
5502 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5503 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5504 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5505 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5506
5507 @enumerate
5508 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5509 to change the current target.
5510 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5511 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5512 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5513 @end enumerate
5514
5515 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5516 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5517 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5518 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5519 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5520 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5521 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5522 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5523 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5524 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5525 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5526 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5527 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5528 @end deffn
5529
5530 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5531 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5532 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5533 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5534 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5535 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5536 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5537 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5538 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5539 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5540 @end deffn
5541
5542
5543 @anchor{Image access}
5544 @section Image loading commands
5545 @cindex image loading
5546 @cindex image dumping
5547
5548 @anchor{dump_image}
5549 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5550 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5551 binary file named @var{filename}.
5552 @end deffn
5553
5554 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5555 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5556 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5557 @end deffn
5558
5559 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5560 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5561 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5562 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5563 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5564 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5565 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5566 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5567 separately.
5568 @end deffn
5569
5570 @anchor{load_image}
5571 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5572 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5573 The file format may optionally be specified
5574 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5578 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5579 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5580 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5581 The file format may optionally be specified
5582 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5586 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5587 The file format may optionally be specified
5588 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5589 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5590 @end deffn
5591
5592
5593 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5594 @cindex breakpoint
5595 @cindex watchpoint
5596
5597 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5598 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5599 watchpoints.
5600 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5601
5602 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5603 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5604 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5605 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5606 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5607 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5608
5609 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5610 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5611 @end deffn
5612
5613 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5614 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5615 @end deffn
5616
5617 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5618 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5622 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5623 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5624 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5625 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5626 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5627 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5628 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5629 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @section Misc Commands
5633
5634 @cindex profiling
5635 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5636 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5637 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5638 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5639 @end deffn
5640
5641 @deffn Command {version}
5642 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5643 @end deffn
5644
5645 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5646 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5647 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5651 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5652 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5653 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5654
5655 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5656 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5657 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5658 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5659
5660 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5661 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5662 @cindex tracing
5663 @cindex ETM
5664 @cindex ETB
5665
5666 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5667 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5668 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5669
5670 @itemize
5671 @item
5672 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5673 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5674 supports such an interface.
5675 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5676 and trace port support.)
5677 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5678 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5679 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5680 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5681 in the board-specific configuration file.
5682 @item
5683 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5684 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5685 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5686 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5687 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5688 @end itemize
5689
5690 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5691
5692 @quotation Issues
5693 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5694 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5695
5696 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5697 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5698 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5699 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5700 dummy trace port driver}.
5701
5702 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5703 as well as tracing only during specific states
5704 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5705
5706 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5707 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5708 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5709 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5710 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5711
5712 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5713 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5714 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5715 this original style of JTAG access.
5716 @end quotation
5717
5718 @subsection ETM Configuration
5719 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5720
5721 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5722 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5723 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5724
5725 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5726 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5727 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5728 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5729 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5730 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5731 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5732 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5733 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5734
5735 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5736 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5737 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5738
5739 @quotation Warning
5740 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5741 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5742 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5743 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5744 @end quotation
5745
5746 @quotation Note
5747 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5748 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5749 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5750 what CPU activities are traced.
5751 @end quotation
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @deffn Command {etm info}
5755 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5756 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5757 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5758 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5759 @end deffn
5760
5761 @deffn Command {etm status}
5762 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5763 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5764 Did trace data overflow?
5765 Was it triggered?
5766 @end deffn
5767
5768 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5769 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5770 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5771 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5772 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5773
5774 @itemize
5775 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5776 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5777 The value is one of
5778 @option{none} (save nothing),
5779 @option{data} (save data),
5780 @option{address} (save addresses),
5781 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5782 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5783 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5784 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5785 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5786 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5787 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5788 trace stream without an image of the code.
5789 @end itemize
5790 @end deffn
5791
5792 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5793 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5794 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5795 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5796 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5797
5798 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5799 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5800 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5801 @end deffn
5802
5803 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5804
5805 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5806 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5807 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5808
5809 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5810 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5811 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5812 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5813 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5814 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5815 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5816
5817 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5818
5819 @itemize
5820 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5821 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5822 for instruction access within that function's body.
5823 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5824 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5825 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5826 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5827 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5828 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5829 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5830 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5831 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5832 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5833 @item @emph{... more}
5834 @end itemize
5835
5836 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5837 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5838
5839 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5840 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5841 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5842 @end deffn
5843
5844 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5845 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5846 @end deffn
5847
5848 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5849 Opens an image file.
5850 @end deffn
5851
5852 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5853 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5854 @end deffn
5855
5856 @deffn Command {etm start}
5857 Starts trace data collection.
5858 @end deffn
5859
5860 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5861 Stops trace data collection.
5862 @end deffn
5863
5864 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5865 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5866
5867 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5868
5869 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5870 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5871 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5872 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5873 any trace data collection.}
5874 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5875 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5876 @end deffn
5877 @end deffn
5878
5879 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5880 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5881 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5882 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5883 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5884 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5885 @end deffn
5886 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5887 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5888 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5889 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5890 trace trigger becomes active.
5891
5892 @itemize
5893 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5894 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5895 afterwards.
5896 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5897 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5898 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5899 what caused that event to happen.
5900 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5901 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5902 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5903 how the event caused trouble.
5904 @end itemize
5905 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @end deffn
5909
5910 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5911 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5912 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5913 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5914 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5915
5916 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5917 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5918
5919 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5920 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5921 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5922 @end deffn
5923
5924 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5925 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5926 @end deffn
5927
5928 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5929 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5930 @end deffn
5931 @end deffn
5932
5933
5934 @section Generic ARM
5935 @cindex ARM
5936
5937 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5938 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5939 commands that may be available.
5940
5941 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5942 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5943 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5944 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5945 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5946 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5947 @end deffn
5948
5949 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5950 @cindex disassemble
5951 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5952 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5953 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5954 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5955 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5956 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5957 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5958
5959 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5960 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5961 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5962 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5963 with a handful of exceptions.
5964 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5965 @end deffn
5966
5967 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5968 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5969 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5970 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5971 and using the MCR instruction.
5972 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5973 an ARM register.)
5974 @end deffn
5975
5976 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5977 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5978 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5979 and the MRC instruction.
5980 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5981 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5982 an ARM register.)
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5986 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5987 core mode if necessary.
5988 @end deffn
5989
5990 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5991 @cindex ARMv4
5992 @cindex ARMv5
5993
5994 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5995 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5996 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5997 variant.
5998
5999 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6000 @cindex ARM7
6001 @cindex ARM9
6002
6003 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6004 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6005 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6006 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6007
6008 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6009 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6010 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6011 instead of breakpoints.
6012 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6013
6014 This should be
6015 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6016 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6017 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6018 @end deffn
6019
6020 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6021 @cindex DCC
6022 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6023 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6024 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6025
6026 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6027 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6028 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6029 @end deffn
6030
6031 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6032 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6033 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6034 that don't check completion of the operation.
6035 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6036
6037 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6038 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6039 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6040 @end deffn
6041
6042 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6043 @cindex ARM semihosting
6044 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6045
6046 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6047 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6048 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6049 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6050 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6051 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6055 @cindex ARM720T
6056
6057 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6058 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6059 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6060 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6061
6062 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6063 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6064 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6065
6066 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6067 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6068 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6069 @end deffn
6070
6071 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6072 @cindex ARM9
6073
6074 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6075 integer processors.
6076 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6077
6078 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6079 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6080 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6081 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6082
6083 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6084 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6085 @cindex vector_catch
6086 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6087 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6088 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6089 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6090 to those hardware vectors.
6091
6092 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6093 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6094 vector catch hardware to intercept
6095 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6096 @option{none} of them,
6097 or a list with one or more of the following:
6098 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6099 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6103 @cindex ARM920T
6104
6105 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6106 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6107 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6108 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6109 and ARM9 commands.
6110
6111 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6112 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6113 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6117 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6118 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6119 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6120 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6121 (Not all registers can be written.)
6122 @end deffn
6123
6124 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6125 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6126 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6127
6128 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6129 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6130 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6131 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6132 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6133 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6134 @end deffn
6135
6136 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6137 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6141 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6142 @end deffn
6143
6144 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6145 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6146
6147 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6148 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6149 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6150 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6151 and ARM9 commands.
6152
6153 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6154 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6155
6156 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6157 Print information about the caches found.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6161 @cindex ARM966E
6162
6163 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6164 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6165 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6166 and ARM9 commands.
6167
6168 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6169 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6170 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6171 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6172 ARM966E-S TRM.
6173 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6174 as required for BIST support.
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @subsection XScale specific commands
6178 @cindex XScale
6179
6180 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6181
6182 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6183 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6184 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6185 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6186 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6187 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6188 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6189
6190 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6191 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6192 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6193 vector_table} command.
6194
6195 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6196 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6197 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6198 code layout in memory:
6199 @example
6200 _vectors:
6201 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6202 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6203 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6204 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6205 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6206 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6207 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6208 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6209 .org 0x100
6210 .long real_reset_vector
6211 .long real_ui_handler
6212 .long real_swi_handler
6213 .long real_pf_abort
6214 .long real_data_abort
6215 .long 0 /* unused */
6216 .long real_irq_handler
6217 .long real_fiq_handler
6218 @end example
6219
6220 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6221 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6222 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6223 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6224
6225
6226 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6227 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6228
6229 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6230 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6231 @end deffn
6232
6233 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6234 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6238 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6242 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6243 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6247 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6248 @end deffn
6249
6250 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6251 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6252 @end deffn
6253
6254 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6255 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6256 @end deffn
6257
6258 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6259 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6260 @end deffn
6261
6262 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6263 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6264 @end deffn
6265
6266 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6267 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6268 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6269 and modifying how it is emptied.
6270 @end deffn
6271
6272 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6273 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6274 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6275 The image @var{type} may be one of
6276 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6277 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6278 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6279 @end deffn
6280
6281 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6282 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6283 @cindex vector_catch
6284 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6285 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6286
6287 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6288 @example
6289 0x01 Trap Reset
6290 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6291 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6292 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6293 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6294 0x20 reserved
6295 0x40 Trap IRQ
6296 0x80 Trap FIQ
6297 @end example
6298 @end deffn
6299
6300 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6301 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6302 @cindex vector_table
6303
6304 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6305 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6306 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6307 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6308 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6309
6310 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6311
6312 @end deffn
6313
6314 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6315 @cindex ARMv6
6316
6317 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6318 @cindex ARM11
6319
6320 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6321 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6322 which is enabled by default.
6323 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6324 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6325 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6326 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6327 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6328 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6329 @end deffn
6330
6331 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6332 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6333 which is enabled by default.
6334 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6335 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6339 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6340 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6341 they are disabled by default.
6342 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6343 @end deffn
6344
6345 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6346 @cindex vector_catch
6347 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6348 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6349 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6350
6351 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6352 for certain hardware events.
6353 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6354 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6355 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6356 @end deffn
6357
6358 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6359 @cindex ARMv7
6360
6361 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6362 @cindex Debug Access Port
6363 @cindex DAP
6364 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6365 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6366 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6367
6368 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6369 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6370 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6374 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6378 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6379 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6383 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6384 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6388 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6389 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6390 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6391 @end deffn
6392
6393 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6394 @cindex Cortex-M3
6395
6396 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6397 @cindex disassemble
6398 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6399 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6400 @end deffn
6401
6402 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6403 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6404 @end deffn
6405
6406 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6407 @cindex vector_catch
6408 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6409 for certain hardware events.
6410
6411 Parameters request interception of
6412 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6413 @option{none} of them,
6414 or one or more of the following:
6415 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6416 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6417 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6418 @option{irq_err},
6419 @option{state_err},
6420 @option{chk_err}, or
6421 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6422 @option{reset}.
6423 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6424 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6425 are mapped to HardFault.
6426 UsageFault checks for
6427 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6428 must also be explicitly enabled.
6429
6430 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6431 @end deffn
6432
6433 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6434 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6435 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6436 @cindex tracing
6437 @cindex libdcc
6438 @cindex DCC
6439 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6440 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6441 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6442 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6443
6444 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6445 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6446 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6447 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6448 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6449 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6450
6451 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6452 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6453 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6454 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6455 The target being debugged may
6456 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6457 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6458 each supported by a command:
6459
6460 @itemize
6461 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6462 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6463 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6464 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6465
6466 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6467 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6468 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6469
6470 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6471 and then displayed at any time.
6472 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6473
6474 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6475 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6476 @end itemize
6477
6478 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6479 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6480 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6481 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6482 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6483 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6484 does the same thing.
6485
6486 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6487 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6488 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6489 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6490 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6491
6492 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6493 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6494 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6498 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6499 in the order they triggered.
6500 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6501 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6502 history records.
6503 @end deffn
6504
6505 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6506 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6507 they have been triggered.
6508 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6509 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6510 and associates it with that identifier.
6511
6512 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6513 are not related except by this command.
6514 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6515 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6516 @end deffn
6517
6518
6519 @node JTAG Commands
6520 @chapter JTAG Commands
6521 @cindex JTAG Commands
6522 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6523 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6524 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6525 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6526 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6527
6528 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6529 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6530
6531 @itemize @bullet
6532 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6533 devices such as a CPUs.
6534 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6535 standard state machine (in parallel)
6536 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6537 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6538 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6539 while the reading previous ones.
6540 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6541 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6542 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6543 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6544 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6545 registers.
6546 @end itemize
6547
6548 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6549
6550 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6551 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6552 the order of TAP state transitions.
6553 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6554 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6555 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6556
6557 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6558 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6559 that specify the entire register.
6560 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6561 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6562 The return value holds the original value of each
6563 of those fields.
6564
6565 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6566 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6567 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6568 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6569 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6570
6571 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6572 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6573
6574 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6575 in that state.
6576 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6577 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6578 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6579
6580 @quotation Warning
6581 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6582 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6583 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6584 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6585 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6586 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6587 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6588 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6589 @end quotation
6590 @end deffn
6591
6592 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6593 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6594 This may be used for performance tuning.
6595
6596 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6597 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6598 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6599 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6600 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6601 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6602 @end deffn
6603
6604 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6605 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6606 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6607 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6608 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6609 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6610
6611 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6612 in that state.
6613 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6614 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6615 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6616
6617 @quotation Note
6618 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6619 register values, unlike data register values.
6620 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6621 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6622 @end quotation
6623 @end deffn
6624
6625 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6626 Set values of reset signals.
6627 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6628 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6629 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6630 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6631 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6632 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6633 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6634
6635 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6636 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6637 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6638 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6639 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6640 instead of the TRST signal.
6641 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6642 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6643 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6644 with handlers for that event.
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6648 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6649 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6650 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6651 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6652 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6653 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6654 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6655 The final state must also be stable.
6656 @end deffn
6657
6658 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6659 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6660 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6661 Instructions often need some time
6662 to execute before they take effect.
6663 @end deffn
6664
6665 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6666 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6667
6668 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6669 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6670 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6671 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6672 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6673 @end deffn
6674
6675 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6676 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6677 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6678 must also be enabled.
6679 Default is enabled.
6680 @end deffn
6681
6682 @section TAP state names
6683 @cindex TAP state names
6684
6685 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6686 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6687 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6688 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6689
6690 @itemize @bullet
6691 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6692 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6693 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6694 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6695 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6696 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6697 through the data register
6698 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6699 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6700 for update or more shifting
6701 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6702 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6703 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6704 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6705 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6706 through the instruction register
6707 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6708 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6709 for update or more shifting
6710 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6711 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6712 @end itemize
6713
6714 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6715 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6716 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6717 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6718
6719 @itemize @bullet
6720 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6721 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6722 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6723 may not be as expected.
6724 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6725 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6726 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6727 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6728 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6729 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6730 @end itemize
6731
6732 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6733 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6734
6735 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6736 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6737 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6738 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6739
6740 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6741 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6742 @cindex SVF
6743
6744 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6745 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6746 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6747
6748 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6749 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6750 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6751 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6752 each command is logged before it is executed.
6753 @end deffn
6754
6755 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6756 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6757 @cindex XSVF
6758
6759 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6760 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6761 Xilinx devices.
6762 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6763
6764 @quotation Important
6765 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6766 @end quotation
6767
6768 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6769 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6770 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6771 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6772 that TAP.
6773 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6774 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6775 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6776 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6777 @end deffn
6778
6779 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6780 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6781 after building the software.
6782 You may find them useful:
6783
6784 @itemize
6785 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6786 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6787 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6788 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6789 @end itemize
6790
6791 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6792 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6793 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6794 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6795 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6796 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6797 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6798
6799
6800 @node TFTP
6801 @chapter TFTP
6802 @cindex TFTP
6803 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6804 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6805
6806 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6807 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6808 server (tftpd). For example,
6809
6810 @example
6811 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6812 @end example
6813
6814 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6815 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6816
6817 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6818 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6819 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6820 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6821
6822 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6823 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6824 @cindex GDB
6825 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6826 to debug remote targets.
6827 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6828
6829 @itemize
6830 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6831 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6832 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6833 as shown in this chapter.
6834 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6835 that also will probably need to be configured.
6836 @end itemize
6837
6838 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6839 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6840 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6841 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6842 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6843 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6844
6845 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6846 @section Connecting to GDB
6847 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6848 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6849 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6850 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6851 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6852
6853 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6854
6855 @enumerate
6856 @item
6857 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6858 @example
6859 target remote localhost:3333
6860 @end example
6861 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6862 @item
6863 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6864 @example
6865 target remote | openocd --pipe
6866 @end example
6867 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6868 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6869 session.
6870 @end enumerate
6871
6872 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6873 GDB command line.
6874
6875 @section Sample GDB session startup
6876
6877 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6878 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6879 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6880 small ARM program.
6881 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6882 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6883
6884 @example
6885 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6886 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6887 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6888 ...
6889 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6890 ...
6891 (gdb) load
6892 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6893 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6894 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6895 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6896 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6897 (gdb) continue
6898 Continuing.
6899 ...
6900 @end example
6901
6902 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6903 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6904 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6905 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6906
6907 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6908
6909 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6910 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6911 packet size and the device's memory map.
6912 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6913 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6914 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6915
6916 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6917 You may need to set those up by hand.
6918 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6919 something like:
6920
6921 @example
6922 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6923 @end example
6924
6925 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6926
6927 @example
6928 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6929 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6930 @end example
6931
6932 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6933 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6934 do not have such restrictions.
6935
6936 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6937 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6938 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6939
6940 @example
6941 define hook-step
6942 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6943 end
6944 define hookpost-step
6945 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6946 end
6947 @end example
6948
6949 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6950 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6951 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6952 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6953
6954 @section Programming using GDB
6955 @cindex Programming using GDB
6956
6957 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6958 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6959 @example
6960 gdb_memory_map disable
6961 @end example
6962 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6963 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6964 working area.
6965
6966 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6967 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6968 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6969 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6970
6971 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6972 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6973
6974 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6975 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6976 @example
6977 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6978 @end example
6979
6980 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6981 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6982
6983 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6984 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6985 will be used.
6986
6987 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6988 script can be executed:
6989 @example
6990 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6991 @end example
6992
6993 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6994 can be used.
6995
6996 @node Tcl Scripting API
6997 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6998 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6999 @cindex Tcl scripts
7000 @section API rules
7001
7002 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7003 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7004 information as an argument to each proc.
7005
7006 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7007 pair list and lists.
7008
7009 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7010 list.
7011
7012 @verbatim
7013
7014 > set foo(me) Duane
7015 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7016 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7017 > set foo(duck) Donald
7018
7019 If one does this:
7020
7021 > set foo
7022
7023 The result is:
7024
7025 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7026
7027 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7028
7029 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7030 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7031 }
7032 @end verbatim
7033
7034 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7035 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7036
7037 @section Internal low-level Commands
7038
7039 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7040
7041 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7042 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7043 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7044
7045 @itemize @bullet
7046 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7047
7048 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7049 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7050
7051 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7052 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7053
7054 Return information about the flash banks
7055 @end itemize
7056
7057 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7058 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7059 called "flash_banks".
7060
7061 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7062
7063 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7064 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7065 holds one of the following values:
7066
7067 @itemize @bullet
7068 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7069 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7070 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7071 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7072 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7073 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7074 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7075 @end itemize
7076
7077 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7078
7079 @quotation Note
7080 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7081 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7082 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7083 is jim, not real tcl).
7084 @end quotation
7085
7086 @node FAQ
7087 @chapter FAQ
7088 @cindex faq
7089 @enumerate
7090 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7091 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7092 @cindex RTCK
7093 @cindex adaptive clocking
7094 @*
7095
7096 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7097 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7098 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7099 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7100
7101 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7102 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7103 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7104 @enumerate
7105 @item
7106 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7107 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7108 @item
7109 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7110 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7111 @end enumerate
7112
7113 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7114 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7115 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7116 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7117 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7118 power).
7119
7120 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7121 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7122 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7123 ARM926 scenario).
7124 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7125 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7126 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7127
7128 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7129 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7130 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7131 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7132
7133 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7134
7135 In order to make use of this,
7136 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7137 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7138
7139 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7140 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7141 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7142 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7143 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7144
7145 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7146 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7147 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7148 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7149
7150 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7151 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7152 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7153 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7154 with a CPLD.
7155 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7156 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7157 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7158 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7159 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7160 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7161
7162 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7163
7164 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7165
7166 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7167 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7168 depending on the chips on your board.
7169 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7170 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7171 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7172
7173 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7174
7175 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7176 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7177 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7178 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7179
7180 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7181 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7182 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7183 this way.
7184
7185 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7186 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7187 clock rate.
7188 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7189 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7190 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7191
7192 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7193
7194 @example
7195 # Example: 1.234MHz
7196 jtag_khz 1234
7197 @end example
7198
7199
7200 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7201
7202 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7203 around Windows filenames.
7204
7205 @example
7206 > echo \a
7207
7208 > echo @{\a@}
7209 \a
7210 > echo "\a"
7211
7212 >
7213 @end example
7214
7215
7216 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7217
7218 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7219 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7220 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7221
7222 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7223 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7224 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7225
7226 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7227 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7228 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7229
7230 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7231
7232 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7233 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7234 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7235 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7236
7237 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7238 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7239 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7240
7241 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7242 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7243
7244 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7245 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7246 memory read caused data abort".
7247
7248 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7249 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7250 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7251 be done, feel free to add this here.
7252
7253 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7254 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7255 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7256 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7257 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7258 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7259 gracefully stops.
7260
7261 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7262 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7263 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7264
7265 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7266 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7267 bytes. Painful...
7268
7269
7270 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7271 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7272
7273 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7274 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7275 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7276 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7277 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7278 reset, everything else should work fine.
7279
7280 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7281 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7282 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7283 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7284
7285 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7286 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7287 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7288 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7289
7290 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7291
7292 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7293 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7294 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7295 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7296
7297 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7298 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7299 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7300 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7301
7302 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7303 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7304 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7305
7306 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7307 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7308
7309 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7310 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7311 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7312 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7313 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7314 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7315 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7316 clock frequency?
7317
7318 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7319 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7320 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7321 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7322 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7323
7324 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7325
7326 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7327 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7328 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7329 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7330 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7331 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7332 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7333
7334 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7335
7336 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7337 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7338 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7339 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7340
7341 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7342 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7343 particular order?
7344
7345 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7346 the same order used by the hardware.
7347
7348 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7349 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7350 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7351 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7352 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7353 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7354
7355 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7356 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7357 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7358 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7359
7360 @itemize @bullet
7361 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7362 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7363 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7364 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7365 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7366 @end itemize
7367
7368 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7369
7370 @itemize @bullet
7371 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7372 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7373 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7374 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7375 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7376 @end itemize
7377
7378
7379 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7380 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7381 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7382
7383 TODO.
7384
7385 @end enumerate
7386
7387 @node Tcl Crash Course
7388 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7389 @cindex Tcl
7390
7391 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7392 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7393 how the Tcl scripts work.
7394
7395 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7396 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7397 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7398 OpenOCD.
7399
7400 @section Tcl Rule #1
7401 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7402 @enumerate
7403 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7404 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7405 @end enumerate
7406
7407 The Tcl equal is this:
7408
7409 @enumerate
7410 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7411 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7412 @end enumerate
7413
7414 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7415 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7416
7417 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7418 There is a second pair of rules.
7419 @enumerate
7420 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7421 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7422 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7423 in Tcl.
7424 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7425 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7426 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7427 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7428 @end enumerate
7429
7430 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7431 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7432 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7433 Everything is a string}
7434
7435 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7436 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7437 difference is subtle.
7438 @enumerate
7439 @item Parse Time
7440 @item Evaluation Time
7441 @end enumerate
7442
7443 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7444 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7445 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7446
7447 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7448 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7449 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7450 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7451
7452 @itemize @bullet
7453 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7454 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7455 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7456 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7457 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7458 @example
7459 # bash example
7460 X=`date`
7461 echo "The Date is: $X"
7462 # Tcl example
7463 set X [date]
7464 puts "The Date is: $X"
7465 @end example
7466 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7467 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7468 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7469 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7470 is a string}
7471 @example
7472 set x "Dinner"
7473 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7474 @end example
7475 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7476 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7477 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7478 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7479 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7480 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7481 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7482 @end itemize
7483
7484 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7485
7486 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7487
7488 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7489
7490 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7491 the normal way.
7492
7493 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7494 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7495 line is immedatly executed.
7496
7497 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7498 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7499
7500 @subsection Command Execution
7501
7502 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7503 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7504 control flow operators.
7505
7506 Commands are executed like this:
7507
7508 @enumerate
7509 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7510 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7511 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7512 @end enumerate
7513
7514 It sort of works like this:
7515 @example
7516 for(;;)@{
7517 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7518
7519 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7520
7521 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7522 @}
7523 @end example
7524
7525 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7526 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7527 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7528 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7529 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7530 ``LookupCommand()''
7531
7532 @subsection The FOR command
7533
7534 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7535 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7536 command just like any other command.
7537
7538 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7539 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7540 are:
7541
7542 @enumerate 0
7543 @item The ascii text 'for'
7544 @item The start text
7545 @item The test expression
7546 @item The next text
7547 @item The body text
7548 @end enumerate
7549
7550 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7551 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7552 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7553 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7554
7555 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7556 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7557
7558 @example
7559 int
7560 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7561 int *argc,
7562 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7563 @end example
7564
7565 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7566 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7567 still operates in the same basic way.
7568
7569 @subsection FOR command implementation
7570
7571 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7572 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7573
7574 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7575
7576 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7577
7578 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7579 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7580 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7581
7582 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7583 expression and returns a value.
7584
7585 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7586 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7587 @example
7588 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7589
7590 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7591
7592 int
7593 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7594 int argc,
7595 char **argv )
7596 @{
7597 if( argc != 5 )@{
7598 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7599 return ERROR;
7600 @}
7601
7602 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7603
7604 // Execute the start statement.
7605 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7606
7607 // Top of loop test
7608 for(;;)@{
7609 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7610 if( i == 0 )
7611 break;
7612
7613 // Execute the body
7614 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7615
7616 // Execute the LOOP part
7617 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7618 @}
7619
7620 // Return no error
7621 SetResult( interp, "" );
7622 return SUCCESS;
7623 @}
7624 @end example
7625
7626 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7627 in the same basic way.
7628
7629 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7630
7631 @subsection source and find commands
7632 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7633 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7634 @*Remember the parsing rules
7635 @enumerate
7636 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7637 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7638 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7639 substituted on the orginal command line.
7640 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7641 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7642 @end enumerate
7643 @subsection format command
7644 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7645 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7646 @b{sprintf()}.
7647 @b{Example}
7648 @example
7649 set x 6
7650 set y 7
7651 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7652 @end example
7653 @enumerate
7654 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7655 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7656 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7657 @* Refer to Rule #1
7658 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7659 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7660 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7661 @end enumerate
7662 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7663 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7664 @example
7665 #1 Good
7666 proc someproc @{@} @{
7667 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7668 @}
7669 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7670 #2 Good - no variables
7671 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7672 #3 Good Curly Braces
7673 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7674 puts "Time: [date]"
7675 @}
7676 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7677 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7678 @end example
7679 @enumerate
7680 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7681 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7682 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7683 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7684 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7685 command.
7686 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7687 @*There are 4 examples:
7688 @enumerate
7689 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7690 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7691 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7692 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7693 @end enumerate
7694
7695 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7696 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7697 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7698
7699 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7700 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7701 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7702 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7703 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7704 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7705 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7706 @end enumerate
7707 @subsection Global Variables
7708 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7709 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7710 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7711 @example
7712 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7713 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7714 global x #Global variable X
7715 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7716 @}
7717 @end example
7718 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7719 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7720 @example
7721 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7722 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7723 # Create var name
7724 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7725 # Make it a global
7726 global $vn
7727 # Set it.
7728 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7729 @}
7730 @end example
7731 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7732 @example
7733 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7734 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7735 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7736 @}
7737 @end example
7738
7739 @include fdl.texi
7740
7741 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7742 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7743 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7744 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7745 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7746 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7747
7748 @printindex cp
7749
7750 @node Command and Driver Index
7751 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7752 @printindex fn
7753
7754 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)